]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #7554 from keszybz/autodetect-build
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 236 in spe:
4
5 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
8 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
9
10 * Unknown specifiers are now rejected. This applies to units and
11 tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters that are followed by
12 a letter or digit that are not supposed to be interpreted as the
13 beginning of a specifier should be escaped by doubling ("%%").
14 (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as "size=5%,foo=bar", but
15 not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not valid specifiers today.)
16
17 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
18 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
19 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
20 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
21 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
22 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
23
24 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
25 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
26 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
27 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
28
29 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
30 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
31 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
32 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
33 services are resolved properly.
34
35 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
36 DNS server and domain information.
37
38 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
39 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
40 runtime.
41
42 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
43 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
44 empty for the first time.
45
46 * Unit files learnt three new % specifiers that are expanded during
47 loading: %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for
48 the system instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C
49 resolves to the top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system
50 instance, $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the
51 top-level logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
52 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
53 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
54 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
55 user instance).
56
57 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
58 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
59
60 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
61 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
62 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
63 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
64
65 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
66 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67
68 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
69 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
70 sleep verbs.
71
72 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
73
74 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
75 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
76
77 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
78
79 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
80 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
81 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
82
83 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
84 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
85 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
86 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
87 instance.
88
89 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
90 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
91 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
92
93 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
94 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
95 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
96
97 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
98
99 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
100 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
101 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
102 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
103 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
104 processes.
105
106 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
107 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
108 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
109 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
110
111 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
112 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
113 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
114
115 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
116 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
117 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
118 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
119 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
120
121 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
122 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
123
124 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
125 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
126 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
127 time the specified expression would elapse.
128
129 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
130 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
131 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
132 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
133 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
134 types, not just services.
135
136 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
137 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
138 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
139 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
140
141 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
142 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
143 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
144 interface for this purpose.
145
146 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
147 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
148 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
149 anyway.
150
151 Contributions from: aeywalee, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Ghedini, Andrew
152 Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, bleep_blop, Carsten Strotmann, Christian
153 Brauner, Christian Hesse, Collin Eggert, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek,
154 Dimitri John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
155 gwendalcr, Hans de Goede, Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, jobol, John Lin,
156 juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Lars Karlitski, Lars Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri
157 Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, longersson, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
158 Werkmeister, lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukasz Rubaszewski, Maciej
159 S. Szmigiero, macrothian, Mantas Mikulėnas, martingh, Mathieu
160 Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
161 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, myrkr, Neil Brown, Ondrej
162 Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru,
163 Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang
164 Liu, Simon Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stefan Agner, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
165 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Vito Caputo,
166 Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
167 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
168
169 — Berlin, 2017-12-XX
170
171 CHANGES WITH 235:
172
173 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
174 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
175 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
176 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
177 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
178 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
179 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
180 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
181 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
182 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
183 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
184 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
185 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
186 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
187 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
188 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
189 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
190 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
191 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
192 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
193 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
194 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
195 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
196 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
197 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
198 IPAddressDeny= see below.
199
200 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
201 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
202 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
203 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
204 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
205 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
206 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
207 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
208
209 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
210 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
211 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
212 used to change those values.
213
214 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
215 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
216 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
217 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
218 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
219 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
220
221 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
222 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
223 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
224 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
225
226 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
227 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
228 one top-level directory.
229
230 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
231 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
232 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
233 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
234 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
235 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
236 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
237 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
238 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
239 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
240 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
241 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
242 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
243 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
244 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
245
246 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
247 Meson-only.
248
249 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
250 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
251 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
252 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
253 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
254 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
255 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
256 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
257 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
258 acceptable to us.
259
260 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
261 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
262 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
263 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
264 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
265 requested at build time.
266
267 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
268 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
269 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
270 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
271 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
272 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
273 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
274 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
275 Type= setting which permits configuring
276 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
277
278 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
279 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
280 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
281 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
282 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
283 local frames between bridge ports.
284
285 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
286 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
287 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
288
289 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
290 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
291
292 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
293 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
294 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
295 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
296
297 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
298 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
299 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
300 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
301 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
302 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
303 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
304 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
305
306 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
307 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
308 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
309 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
310 command.)
311
312 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
313 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
314 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
315
316 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
317 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
318 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
319 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
320
321 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
322 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
323 configured, except for the credentials applied by
324 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
325 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
326 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
327 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
328 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
329 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
330 on systems where this is not supported.
331
332 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
333 sockets.
334
335 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
336 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
337 during runtime.
338
339 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
340 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
341 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
342
343 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
344 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
345 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
346
347 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
348 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
349 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
350 Following this logic, two new special targets
351 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
352 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
353 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
354
355 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
356 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
357 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
358 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
359
360 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
361 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
362 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
363 --wait".
364
365 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
366 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
367 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
368 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
369 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
370 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
371 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
372 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
373 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
374
375 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
376 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
377 containing information about the consumed resources of this
378 invocation.
379
380 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
381 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
382 processes.
383
384 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
385 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
386 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
387 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
388 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
389 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
390 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
391 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
392 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
393 systems for all five operations.
394
395 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
396 the system.
397
398 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
399 than UTC or the local timezone.
400
401 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
402 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
403 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
404 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
405 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
406 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
407 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
408 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
409
410 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
411 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
412 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
413 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
414 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
415 again.
416
417 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
418 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
419 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
420
421 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
422 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
423 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
424 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
425 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
426 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
427 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
428 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
429 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
430 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
431 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
432 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
433 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
434 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
435 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
436 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
437 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
438 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
439 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
440 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
441
442 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
443
444 CHANGES WITH 234:
445
446 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
447 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
448 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
449 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
450 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
451 summary:
452
453 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
454
455 becomes:
456
457 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
458
459 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
460 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
461 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
462 .device units.
463
464 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
465 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
466 running a systemd user instance.
467
468 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
469 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
470 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
471 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
472 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
473 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
474
475 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
476
477 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
478 (domain search list).
479
480 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
481 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
482 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
483 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
484 implementation of RA.
485
486 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
487 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
488 ISO date values.
489
490 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
491 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
492 devices.
493
494 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
495 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
496 option.
497
498 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
499 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
500 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
501 default yet.
502
503 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
504 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
505 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
506 SHA256SUMS files.
507
508 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
509 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
510
511 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
512
513 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
514
515 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
516 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
517
518 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
519 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
520 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
521 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
522
523 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
524 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
525 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
526 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
527 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
528 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
529 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
530 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
531 systemd-logind to be safe. See
532 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
533
534 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
535 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
536 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
537 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
538 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
539 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
540
541 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
542 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
543 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
544 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
545 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
546 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
547 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
548 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
549 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
550 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
551 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
552 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
553 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
554 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
555 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
556 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
557 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
558 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
559 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
560 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
561 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
562 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
563 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
564 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
565 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
566 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
567 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
568 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
569 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
570 Георгиевски
571
572 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
573
574 CHANGES WITH 233:
575
576 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
577 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
578 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
579 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
580 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
581 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
582 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
583 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
584 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
585
586 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
587 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
588 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
589 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
590 default selected on the configure command line
591 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
592 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
593 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
594 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
595 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
596 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
597 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
598 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
599 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
600 greatest stability and compatibility only.
601
602 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
603 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
604 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
605 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
606 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
607 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
608 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
609 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
610 further details about this.)
611
612 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
613 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
614 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
615
616 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
617 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
618
619 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
620 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
621 with 'make install-tests'.
622
623 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
624 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
625 kernel.
626
627 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
628 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
629 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
630 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
631 by the Slice= option.
632
633 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
634 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
635 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
636 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
637
638 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
639 following choices:
640
641 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
642 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
643 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
644 (h)elp
645 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
646 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
647 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
648 (y)es, execute the command
649
650 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
651 because its meaning was confusing.
652
653 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
654 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
655
656 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
657 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
658 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
659
660 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
661 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
662 state directly, without executing these commands.
663
664 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
665 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
666 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
667
668 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
669 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
670 combination with After=) have been started.
671
672 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
673 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
674 setting, and which system calls they contain.
675
676 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
677 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
678 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
679 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
680 configuration related calls.
681
682 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
683 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
684 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
685 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
686 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
687 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
688 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
689
690 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
691 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
692
693 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
694 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
695 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
696
697 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
698 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
699
700 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
701 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
702 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
703 for compatibility.
704
705 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
706 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
707
708 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
709 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
710
711 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
712 support for negative matching.
713
714 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
715
716 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
717 permitted runtime of the mount command.
718
719 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
720 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
721 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
722 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
723 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
724 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
725 removed from the drive.
726
727 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
728 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
729
730 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
731 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
732
733 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
734 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
735 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
736
737 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
738 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
739 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
740 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
741 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
742 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
743 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
744
745 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
746 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
747 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
748 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
749 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
750 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
751
752 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
753 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
754
755 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
756 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
757 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
758 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
759 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
760 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
761 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
762 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
763
764 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
765 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
766 including all control processes.
767
768 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
769 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
770 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
771
772 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
773 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
774 prefixing the source path with "+".
775
776 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
777 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
778 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
779 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
780 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
781 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
782 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
783 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
784
785 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
786 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
787 before).
788
789 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
790 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
791 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
792 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
793 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
794 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
795 the new --root-hash= command line option).
796
797 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
798 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
799 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
800 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
801 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
802 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
803 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
804 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
805 versions.
806
807 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
808 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
809 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
810 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
811 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
812 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
813 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
814 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
815 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
816 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
817 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
818 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
819 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
820 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
821 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
822 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
823 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
824 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
825 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
826 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
827 a Verity-enabled root partition.
828
829 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
830 accelerometer quirks.
831
832 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
833 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
834 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
835 ID of each service.
836
837 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
838 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
839 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
840 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
841 view.
842
843 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
844 environment variables:
845
846 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
847
848 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
849 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
850 address.
851
852 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
853 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
854 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
855
856 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
857 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
858 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
859 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
860 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
861 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
862 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
863 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
864 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
865 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
866 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
867 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
868 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
869
870 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
871 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
872 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
873
874 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
875 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
876
877 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
878 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
879 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
880 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
881 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
882
883 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
884 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
885 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
886
887 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
888 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
889
890 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
891 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
892 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
893 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
894
895 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
896 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
897 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
898 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
899 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
900 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
901 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
902 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
903 possibly even including full integrity data.
904
905 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
906 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
907 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
908 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
909 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
910
911 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
912 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
913 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
914 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
915 directly with systemd-nspawn.
916
917 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
918 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
919 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
920 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
921
922 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
923 of coredumps in reverse order.
924
925 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
926 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
927 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
928 additional informational message in its output.
929
930 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
931 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
932 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
933
934 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
935 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
936 scripting languages such as Python.
937
938 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
939 namespacing is enabled for them.
940
941 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
942 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
943 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
944 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
945 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
946 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
947
948 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
949 root key (KSK).
950
951 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
952 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
953 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
954
955 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
956 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
957 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
958 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
959 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
960 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
961 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
962 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
963 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
964 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
965 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
966 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
967 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
968 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
969 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
970 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
971 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
972 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
973 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
974 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
975 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
976 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
977 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
978 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
979 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
980 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
981 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
982 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
983 Тихонов
984
985 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
986
987 CHANGES WITH 232:
988
989 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
990 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
991 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
992 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
993 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
994 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
995
996 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
997 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
998
999 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
1000 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1001 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
1002
1003 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1004 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1005 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1006
1007 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
1008 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1009 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1010 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1011
1012 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
1013 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1014
1015 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1016 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1017 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1018
1019 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1020 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1021 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1022 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1023 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1024 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1025 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
1026 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1027 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1028 permanent modifications to the system.
1029
1030 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
1031 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
1032 container or chroot environments.
1033
1034 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
1035 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1036 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1037 mapped to nobody.
1038
1039 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1040 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1041 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1042 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1043
1044 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1045 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1046
1047 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1048 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1049 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1050 and the support is provisional.
1051
1052 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1053 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1054 unit files in the file system).
1055
1056 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1057 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1058 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1059 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1060 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1061 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1062 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1063 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1064 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1065 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1066 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1067 state is fixed automatically.
1068
1069 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1070 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1071 option.
1072
1073 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1074 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1075 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1076 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1077 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1078 else.
1079
1080 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1081 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1082 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1083 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1084 bootable on physical systems.
1085
1086 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
1087
1088 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1089 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1090 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1091 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1092 used.
1093
1094 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
1095 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
1096 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1097 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1098
1099 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
1100
1101 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
1102 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1103 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1104 of the container).
1105
1106 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
1107 files from the specified location.
1108
1109 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1110 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1111 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1112 be active.
1113
1114 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1115 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1116 trackball devices.
1117
1118 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1119 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1120 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1121
1122 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
1123 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1124 specified service binary exited.)
1125
1126 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
1127 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1128
1129 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
1130 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
1131 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1132 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1133 --since= and --until= options.
1134
1135 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1136 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1137 are automatically propagated to the container.
1138
1139 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
1140 from a single IP address can be limited with
1141 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1142 MaxConnections=.
1143
1144 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1145 configuration.
1146
1147 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1148 drop-ins.
1149
1150 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1151 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1152 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1153 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1154 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1155 [Link] section of .link files.
1156
1157 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1158 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1159 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1160 section of .netdev files.
1161
1162 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
1163 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1164 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1165
1166 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
1167 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1168 .network files.
1169
1170 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1171 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1172 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1173 service runtime cycle.
1174
1175 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1176 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
1177 has been traditionally doing.
1178
1179 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1180 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1181 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1182 prevent any later plugins from running.
1183
1184 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
1185 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
1186 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1187 default of SplitMode=uid.
1188
1189 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1190 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1191 useful.
1192
1193 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1194 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1195 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1196 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1197 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1198 individual namespaces.
1199
1200 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1201 the output, as well as OS release information.
1202
1203 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1204
1205 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1206 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1207 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1208 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1209 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1210
1211 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1212 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1213 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1214 severed.
1215
1216 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1217 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1218 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1219 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1220 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1221 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1222 information about exit statuses and results.
1223
1224 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1225 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1226 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1227 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1228 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1229 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1230
1231 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1232
1233 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1234 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1235 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1236 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1237 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1238 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1239 entirely.
1240
1241 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1242 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1243 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1244
1245 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1246 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1247 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1248 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1249 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1250 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1251 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1252 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1253 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1254 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1255 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1256 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1257 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1258 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1259 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1260 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1261 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1262
1263 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1264 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1265 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1266 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1267
1268 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1269 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1270 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1271 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1272
1273 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1274 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1275 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1276 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1277 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1278 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1279 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1280 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1281 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1282 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1283 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1284 fragment entirely.)
1285
1286 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1287 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1288 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1289
1290 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1291 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1292 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1293 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1294
1295 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1296 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1297 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1298 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1299 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1300 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1301
1302 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1303 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1304
1305 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1306 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1307
1308 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1309 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1310 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1311 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1312 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1313
1314 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1315 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1316 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1317 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1318 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1319 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1320 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1321 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1322 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1323 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1324 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1325 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1326 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1327 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1328 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1329 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1330 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1331 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1332 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1333 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1334 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1335 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1336 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1337 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1338 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1339 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1340
1341 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1342
1343 CHANGES WITH 231:
1344
1345 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1346 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1347 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1348 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1349 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1350 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1351 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1352 independently.
1353
1354 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1355 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1356
1357 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1358 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1359 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1360 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1361 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1362 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1363 values.
1364
1365 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1366 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1367 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1368 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1369 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1370
1371 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1372 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1373 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1374 7:10am every day.
1375
1376 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1377 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1378 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1379 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1380 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1381 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1382 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1383 available for compatibility.
1384
1385 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1386 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1387 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1388 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1389 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1390 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1391
1392 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1393 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1394 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1395 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1396 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1397 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1398 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1399 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1400 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1401
1402 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1403 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1404 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1405 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1406 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1407 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1408 desired options.
1409
1410 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1411 cgroupsv2.
1412
1413 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1414 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1415 limited to subgroups of that group.
1416
1417 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1418 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1419 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1420 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1421 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1422 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1423 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1424 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1425
1426 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1427 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1428 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1429 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1430 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1431 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1432 own long-running services.
1433
1434 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1435 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1436 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1437 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1438
1439 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1440 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1441 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1442 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1443 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1444 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1445 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1446 primitives.
1447
1448 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1449 "terminate".
1450
1451 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1452 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1453
1454 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1455 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1456 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1457 --flush-caches".
1458
1459 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1460 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1461 is shown.
1462
1463 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1464 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1465 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1466 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1467 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1468 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1469
1470 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1471 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1472 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1473 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1474 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1475 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1476 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1477 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1478 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1479 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1480 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1481 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1482 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1483 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1484 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1485 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1486 bus API instead.
1487
1488 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1489 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1490 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1491 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1492
1493 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1494 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1495 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1496 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1497
1498 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1499 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1500 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1501
1502 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1503 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1504
1505 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1506 interface configuration.
1507
1508 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1509 specifying the --force switch.
1510
1511 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1512 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1513 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1514
1515 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1516 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1517 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1518 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1519 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1520 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1521 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1522 to be handled.
1523
1524 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1525 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1526
1527 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1528 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1529
1530 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1531 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1532 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1533
1534 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1535 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1536
1537 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1538 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1539 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1540 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1541 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1542 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1543 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1544 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1545 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1546 library.
1547
1548 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1549 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1550 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1551 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1552 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1553 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1554 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1555 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1556 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1557 HACKING for details.
1558
1559 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1560 distribution's bugtracker.
1561
1562 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1563 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1564 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1565 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1566 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1567 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1568 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1569 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1570 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1571 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1572 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1573 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1574 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1575 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1576 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1577 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1578 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1579 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1580 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1581
1582 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1583
1584 CHANGES WITH 230:
1585
1586 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1587 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1588 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1589 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1590 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1591 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1592 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1593 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1594 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1595 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1596 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1597 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1598 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1599 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1600 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1601 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1602 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1603 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1604 applications.)
1605
1606 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1607 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1608 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1609
1610 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1611 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1612 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1613 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1614 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1615 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1616 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1617
1618 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1619 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1620 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1621 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1622 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1623 command works for tmux.
1624
1625 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1626 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1627 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1628 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1629 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1630 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1631
1632 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1633 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1634
1635 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1636 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1637 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1638
1639 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1640
1641 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1642 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1643 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1644 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1645 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1646
1647 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1648 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1649 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1650 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1651
1652 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1653 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1654 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1655 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1656 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1657 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1658
1659 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1660 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1661 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1662
1663 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1664 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1665 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1666 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1667 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1668 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1669
1670 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1671 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1672 address.
1673
1674 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1675 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1676 should be emitted.
1677
1678 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1679 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1680 supported.
1681
1682 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1683 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1684 logging performance.
1685
1686 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1687 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1688 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1689 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1690 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1691 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1692
1693 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1694 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1695 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1696 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1697
1698 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1699 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1700
1701 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1702 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1703 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1704
1705 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1706
1707 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1708 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1709 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1710 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1711
1712 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1713 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1714 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1715 refuse to operate on such files.
1716
1717 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1718 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1719 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1720
1721 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1722 just hidden container images.
1723
1724 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1725 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1726
1727 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1728 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1729 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1730 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1731 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1732 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1733 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1734 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1735 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1736 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1737 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1738
1739 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1740 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1741 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1742 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1743 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1744 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1745 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1746 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1747 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1748 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1749 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1750 terminates.
1751
1752 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1753 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1754 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1755 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1756
1757 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1758 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1759 rate of the socket unit.
1760
1761 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1762 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1763 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1764 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1765 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1766
1767 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1768 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1769 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1770 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1771 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1772 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1773 with this.
1774
1775 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1776 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1777
1778 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1779 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1780
1781 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1782 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1783 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1784 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1785 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1786
1787 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1788 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1789 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1790
1791 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1792 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1793 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1794 target is now included in early userspace.
1795
1796 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1797 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1798 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1799 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1800 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1801 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1802 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1803 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1804 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1805 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1806 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1807 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1808 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1809 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1810 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1811 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1812 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1813 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1814 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1815 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1816 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1817 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1818 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1819 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1820 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1821 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1822
1823 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1824
1825 CHANGES WITH 229:
1826
1827 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1828 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1829 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1830 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1831 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1832 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1833 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1834 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1835 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1836 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1837 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1838 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1839 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1840
1841 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1842 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1843 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1844 /usr/bin.
1845
1846 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1847 devices.
1848
1849 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1850 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1851 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1852 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1853 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1854 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1855 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1856 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1857 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1858 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1859 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1860 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1861 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1862 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1863 this limit.
1864
1865 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1866 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1867 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1868 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1869 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1870 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1871 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1872 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1873
1874 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1875 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1876 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1877 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1878 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1879 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1880 and group at package installation time.
1881
1882 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1883 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1884 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1885 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1886 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1887
1888 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1889 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1890 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1891 supports it.
1892
1893 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1894 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1895
1896 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1897 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1898 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1899 file is already initialized.
1900
1901 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1902 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1903 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1904 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1905 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1906 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1907 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1908 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1909 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1910
1911 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1912 working directory for the process started in the container.
1913
1914 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1915 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1916 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1917 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1918 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1919
1920 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1921 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1922 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1923
1924 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1925 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1926 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1927 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1928
1929 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1930 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1931 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1932 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1933 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1934
1935 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1936 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1937 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1938 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1939
1940 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1941 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1942 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1943 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1944 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1945 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1946 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1947 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1948 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1949 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1950 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1951 by PID 1.
1952
1953 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1954 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1955 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1956 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1957 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1958 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1959 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1960 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1961
1962 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1963
1964 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1965 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1966 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1967
1968 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1969 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1970 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1971 recent kernels.
1972
1973 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1974 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1975
1976 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1977 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1978 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1979 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1980 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1981 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1982 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1983 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1984 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1985 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1986 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1987 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1988 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1989
1990 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1991 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1992 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1993 clusters or larger setups.
1994
1995 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1996
1997 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1998 sockets.
1999
2000 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2001
2002 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2003 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2004 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2005 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2006 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2007 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2008
2009 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2010 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2011 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2012
2013 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2014 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
2015 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2016 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
2017
2018 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
2019
2020 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2021 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2022 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2023 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2024 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2025 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2026 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2027 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2028 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2029 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2030 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2031 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2032 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2033 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2034 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2035 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2036 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2037 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2038 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2039
2040 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
2041
2042 CHANGES WITH 228:
2043
2044 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2045 files are now also available as properties to set when
2046 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2047 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2048 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2049 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2050 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2051 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2052 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2053
2054 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2055 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2056 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
2057
2058 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2059 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2060 created transiently.
2061
2062 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2063 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2064 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2065 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2066 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
2067 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
2068 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2069 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2070
2071 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2072 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2073 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2074
2075 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2076 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2077 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2078 enabled.
2079
2080 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2081 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2082 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2083 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2084 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2085 subvolumes.
2086
2087 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2088 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2089
2090 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
2091 individual indexes.
2092
2093 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2094 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2095 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2096 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2097 suffixes now.
2098
2099 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2100 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2101 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2102 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2103 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2104 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2105 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2106 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2107 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2108 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2109 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2110 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2111 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2112 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2113 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2114 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2115 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2116 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2117 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2118 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2119 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2120
2121 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2122 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2123 links between the host and the container.
2124
2125 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2126 added that allows importing select environment variables
2127 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2128 the service.
2129
2130 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
2131 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
2132 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2133 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2134 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2135 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2136 than until they first elapse.
2137
2138 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
2139 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2140 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
2141 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2142 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2143 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2144 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2145 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2146
2147 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2148 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2149 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2150 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2151 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2152 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2153 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
2154 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
2155 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2156 journal and in coredump handling.
2157
2158 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2159 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2160 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
2161 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
2162 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2163 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2164 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2165 software you package still references it, as this is a
2166 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2167 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2168
2169 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
2170
2171 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2172 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2173
2174 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2175 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2176 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2177
2178 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2179 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2180 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2181 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2182 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2183 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2184 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2185 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2186 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2187 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2188 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2189 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2190 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2191 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2192 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2193 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2194
2195 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2196 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2197 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2198 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2199 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2200 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2201 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2202 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2203 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2204 surprises.
2205
2206 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2207 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2208 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2209 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2210 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2211 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2212 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2213 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2214 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2215 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2216 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2217 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2218 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2219 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2220 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2221 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2222 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2223 of PID 1 is the root user).
2224
2225 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2226 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2227 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2228 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2229 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2230 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2231 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2232 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2233 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2234 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2235 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2236 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2237 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2238 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2239 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2240
2241 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2242
2243 CHANGES WITH 227:
2244
2245 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2246 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2247 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2248
2249 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2250 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2251 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2252 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2253 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2254 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2255
2256 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2257 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2258 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2259 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2260 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2261
2262 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2263 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2264 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2265 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2266 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2267 packets on unestablished sockets.
2268
2269 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2270 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2271 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2272 automatically.
2273
2274 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2275 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2276 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2277
2278 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2279 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2280 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2281 for disk IO.
2282
2283 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2284 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2285 removed.
2286
2287 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2288 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2289 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2290 configured in User=.
2291
2292 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2293 directory of the selected user by default.
2294
2295 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2296 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2297 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2298 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2299 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2300 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2301 compat reasons.
2302
2303 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2304 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2305 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2306 units.
2307
2308 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2309 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2310 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2311 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2312 level.
2313
2314 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2315 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2316 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2317 namespaces work correctly.
2318
2319 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2320 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2321 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2322 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2323 activation.
2324
2325 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2326 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2327 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2328 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2329 system instance in a container.
2330
2331 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2332 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2333 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2334 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2335 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2336 connections.
2337
2338 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2339 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2340
2341 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2342 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2343 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2344 processes attached, or similar.
2345
2346 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2347 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2348 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2349
2350 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2351 specifiers like %i or %f.
2352
2353 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2354 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2355 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2356 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2357
2358 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2359 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2360 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2361 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2362 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2363 descriptors using sd_notify().
2364
2365 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2366
2367 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2368 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2369
2370 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2371 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2372
2373 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2374 .network files.
2375
2376 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2377 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2378 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2379 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2380 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2381 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2382 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2383 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2384 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2385 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2386 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2387 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2388 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2389 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2390 gdm-autologin is used.
2391
2392 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2393 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2394 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2395 next to the image file.
2396
2397 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2398 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2399 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2400 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2401
2402 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2403 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2404 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2405 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2406 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2407 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2408
2409 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2410 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2411 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2412 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2413 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2414 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2415 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2416 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2417 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2418 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2419 number of files in place.
2420
2421 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2422 on kernels where that is supported.
2423
2424 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2425
2426 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2427 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2428 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2429 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2430 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2431 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2432 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2433 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2434 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2435 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2436 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2437 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2438 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2439 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2440 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2441 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2442 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2443 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2444
2445 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2446
2447 CHANGES WITH 226:
2448
2449 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2450 new features:
2451
2452 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2453 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2454 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2455 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2456 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2457 is any) is propagated.
2458
2459 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2460 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2461 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2462 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2463 information is enabled between host and containers by
2464 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2465 to what the host has set.
2466
2467 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2468 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2469
2470 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2471 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2472 information back, even if the server loses state.
2473
2474 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2475 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2476 PoolSize=.
2477
2478 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2479 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2480 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2481 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2482
2483 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2484 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2485 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2486 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2487 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2488
2489 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2490 for virtio devices.
2491
2492 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2493 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2494 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2495 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2496 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2497 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2498 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2499 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2500 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2501 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2502 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2503 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2504 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2505 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2506 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2507 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2508 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2509 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2510 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2511 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2512 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2513 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2514 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2515 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2516 grants them.
2517
2518 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2519 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2520 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2521 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2522 group tree.
2523
2524 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2525 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2526 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2527 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2528 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2529 work correctly in containers now.
2530
2531 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2532 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2533
2534 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2535 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2536 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2537 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2538 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2539
2540 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2541 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2542 signal events.
2543
2544 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2545 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2546 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2547 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2548 on these parameters.
2549
2550 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2551 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2552 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2553 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2554 nspawn command line.
2555
2556 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2557 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2558 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2559 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2560 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2561 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2562 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2563 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2564
2565 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2566
2567 CHANGES WITH 225:
2568
2569 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2570 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2571 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2572 shell directly without prompting for username or
2573 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2574 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2575 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2576 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2577 the originating session.
2578
2579 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2580 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2581
2582 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2583 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2584 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2585 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2586 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2587 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2588 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2589 this release.
2590
2591 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2592 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2593 messages.
2594
2595 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2596 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2597 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2598
2599 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2600 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2601
2602 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2603 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2604 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2605 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2606 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2607 posteriori.
2608
2609 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2610 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2611
2612 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2613 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2614 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2615 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2616 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2617 "lastlog" tools.
2618
2619 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2620 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2621 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2622 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2623 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2624
2625 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2626 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2627 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2628 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2629 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2630 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2631 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2632 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2633 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2634 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2635 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2636 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2637
2638 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2639
2640 CHANGES WITH 224:
2641
2642 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2643 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2644
2645 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2646 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2647 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2648
2649 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2650 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2651 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2652
2653 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2654
2655 CHANGES WITH 223:
2656
2657 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2658 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2659 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2660 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2661
2662 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2663 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2664
2665 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2666 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2667
2668 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2669
2670 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2671 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2672 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2673
2674 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2675 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2676 decapsulated packet.
2677
2678 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2679 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2680 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2681 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2682 netlink attribute.
2683
2684 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2685 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2686 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2687 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2688
2689 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2690 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2691 according to RFC2460.
2692
2693 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2694 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2695
2696 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2697 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2698 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2699
2700 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2701 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2702 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2703 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2704 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2705 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2706
2707 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2708 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2709 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2710 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2711 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2712 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2713 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2714 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2715 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2716 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2717
2718 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2719
2720 CHANGES WITH 222:
2721
2722 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2723 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2724 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2725
2726 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2727 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2728
2729 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2730 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2731 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2732 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2733 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2734
2735 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2736 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2737 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2738
2739 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2740 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2741 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2742 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2743 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2744
2745 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2746
2747 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2748 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2749 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2750 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2751 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2752 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2753 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2754 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2755 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2756 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2757
2758 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2759
2760 CHANGES WITH 221:
2761
2762 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2763 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2764 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2765 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2766 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2767 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2768 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2769 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2770 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2771 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2772 portable to other kernels.
2773
2774 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2775 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2776 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2777 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2778 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2779 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2780 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2781 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2782 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2783 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2784 systemd enabled.
2785
2786 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2787 2.26.
2788
2789 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2790 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2791 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2792 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2793 in README for details.
2794
2795 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2796 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2797 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2798 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2799 unit.
2800
2801 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2802 into man pages.
2803
2804 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2805 external project.
2806
2807 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2808 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2809
2810 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2811 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2812 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2813 state.
2814
2815 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2816 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2817 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2818
2819 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2820 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2821 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2822 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2823 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2824 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2825 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2826 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2827 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2828 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2829 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2830 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2831 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2832 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2833 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2834 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2835
2836 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2837
2838 CHANGES WITH 220:
2839
2840 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2841 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2842 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2843 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2844 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2845 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2846 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2847 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2848
2849 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2850 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2851 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2852 service consumed). This value is only available if
2853 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2854 in the "systemctl status" output.
2855
2856 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2857 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2858 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2859 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2860 previously was already the default behaviour).
2861
2862 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2863 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2864 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2865
2866 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2867 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2868 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2869 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2870
2871 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2872 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2873 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2874 journalling file systems that support external journal
2875 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2876 systems to be mounted.
2877
2878 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2879 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2880 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2881 stable release this should not be problematic.
2882
2883 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2884 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2885 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2886 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2887 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2888
2889 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2890 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2891 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2892 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2893 network switches.
2894
2895 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2896 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2897
2898 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2899 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2900 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2901
2902 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2903
2904 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2905 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2906 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2907 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2908 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2909 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2910 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2911 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2912 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2913 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2914 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2915 been fixed in v220.
2916
2917 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2918 systemd-networkd.
2919
2920 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2921 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2922 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2923 containers started from the command line.
2924
2925 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2926 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2927
2928 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2929 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2930 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2931 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2932
2933 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2934 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2935 when shutting down.
2936
2937 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2938 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2939 overlayfs support.
2940
2941 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2942 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2943 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2944 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2945 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2946 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2947 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2948
2949 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2950 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2951 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2952
2953 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2954 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2955 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2956 of v1 as before).
2957
2958 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2959 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2960
2961 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2962 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2963 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2964 their own sessions without further privileges or
2965 authorization.
2966
2967 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2968 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2969 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2970 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2971 accessible via a bus interface.
2972
2973 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2974 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2975 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2976 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2977 to cover this functionality.
2978
2979 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2980 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2981 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2982 disabled/masked also stopped.
2983
2984 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2985 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2986 updated to support systemd-boot.
2987
2988 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2989 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2990 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2991 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2992 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2993 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2994 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2995 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2996 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2997
2998 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2999 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3000 system.
3001
3002 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3003 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3004 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3005 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3006 device symlinks.
3007
3008 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3009 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3010 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3011 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3012
3013 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3014 stick devices has been added.
3015
3016 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3017 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3018
3019 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3020 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3021 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3022 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3023 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3024
3025 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3026 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3027 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3028
3029 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3030 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3031 Debian.
3032
3033 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3034 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3035 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3036
3037 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3038 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3039 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3040 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3041 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3042 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3043 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3044 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3045 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3046 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3047 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3048 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3049 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3050 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3051 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3052 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3053 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3054 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3055 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3056 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3057 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3058 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3059 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3060 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3061 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3062 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3063 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3064
3065 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
3066
3067 CHANGES WITH 219:
3068
3069 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3070 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3071 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3072 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3073 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3074 interface with and update the database.
3075
3076 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3077 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3078 before bytewise copying is done.
3079
3080 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3081 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3082 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3083 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3084 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3085 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3086 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3087 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3088 available on btrfs file systems.
3089
3090 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3091 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
3092 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
3093 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3094 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3095 systems.
3096
3097 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3098 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3099 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3100 mount point remains.
3101
3102 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3103 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3104 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3105 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3106 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3107 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3108 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3109 are disabled.
3110
3111 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3112 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3113 container to the host or vice versa.
3114
3115 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3116 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3117 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3118
3119 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3120 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3121
3122 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3123 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3124 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3125 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3126 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3127 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3128 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3129 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3130 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
3131 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
3132 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3133 make the functionality of importd available to the
3134 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3135 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3136 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3137 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3138 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3139 only fully supported on btrfs.
3140
3141 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3142 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3143 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3144 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3145 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3146 information about images.
3147
3148 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3149 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
3150 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
3151 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3152 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3153 legacy file systems).
3154
3155 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3156 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3157 shown in networkctl output.
3158
3159 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3160 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3161 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3162 processes as system services while interactively
3163 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3164 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3165 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3166 full login session, the difference being that the former
3167 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3168 setup.
3169
3170 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3171 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3172 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3173 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3174 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3175
3176 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3177 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3178 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3179 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3180 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3181 via qemu/kvm.
3182
3183 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3184 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3185 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3186 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3187 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3188 disk images, too.
3189
3190 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3191 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3192 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3193 integrate with that.
3194
3195 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3196 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3197 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3198 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3199
3200 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3201 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3202 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3203
3204 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3205 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3206 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3207 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3208 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3209 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3210 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3211 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3212 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3213 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3214
3215 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3216 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3217 files.
3218
3219 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3220 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3221 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3222 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3223 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3224 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3225 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3226 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3227 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3228 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3229 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3230 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3231 explicitly turned on.
3232
3233 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3234 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3235 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3236 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3237
3238 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3239 supported.
3240
3241 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3242 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3243 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3244 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3245 associated with a virtual machine or container
3246 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3247 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3248 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3249 output however.)
3250
3251 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3252 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3253 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3254 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3255 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3256 caller's session/user.
3257
3258 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3259 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3260 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3261 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3262 user services.
3263
3264 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3265 same way as unit files.
3266
3267 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3268 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3269 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3270 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3271 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3272 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3273 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3274 the host.
3275
3276 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3277 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3278 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3279 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3280 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3281 host.
3282
3283 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3284 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3285 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3286 updated to make use of it too by default.
3287
3288 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3289 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3290 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3291 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3292
3293 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3294 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3295 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3296 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3297 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3298 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3299 modification.
3300
3301 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3302 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3303 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3304 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3305 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3306 information about Touchpad types.
3307
3308 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3309 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3310
3311 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3312 Policy link field.
3313
3314 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3315 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3316
3317 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3318 ACLs on files.
3319
3320 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3321 tmpfs, automatically.
3322
3323 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3324 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3325 status" output, if available.
3326
3327 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3328 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3329 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3330 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3331 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3332 run on next reboot.
3333
3334 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3335 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3336 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3337 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3338 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3339 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3340 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3341
3342 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3343 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3344 after a configurable timeout.
3345
3346 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3347 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3348 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3349 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3350 it non-idle.
3351
3352 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3353 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3354
3355 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3356 each .network interface in networkd.
3357
3358 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3359 in .network files.
3360
3361 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3362 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3363
3364 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3365 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3366 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3367 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3368 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3369 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3370 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3371 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3372 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3373 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3374 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3375 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3376 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3377 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3378 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3379 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3380 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3381 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3382 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3383 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3384 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3385 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3386 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3387 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3388
3389 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3390
3391 CHANGES WITH 218:
3392
3393 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3394 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3395 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3396 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3397
3398 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3399 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3400 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3401 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3402 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3403
3404 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3405
3406 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3407 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3408 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3409 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3410 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3411 modified configuration after editing.
3412
3413 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3414 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3415 system preset files.
3416
3417 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3418 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3419 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3420 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3421 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3422 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3423 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3424 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3425 other contexts.
3426
3427 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3428 inhibitors.
3429
3430 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3431 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3432 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3433 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3434 managers.
3435
3436 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3437 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3438 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3439 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3440 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3441 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3442 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3443 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3444 parallel to journald.
3445
3446 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3447 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3448 available.
3449
3450 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3451 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3452 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3453 or are not older than the specified time.
3454
3455 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3456 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3457 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3458 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3459
3460 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3461 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3462 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3463 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3464 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3465 communication.
3466
3467 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3468 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3469 services.
3470
3471 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3472 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3473 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3474 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3475 the new "busctl tree" command.
3476
3477 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3478 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3479 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3480 friendly way.
3481
3482 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3483 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3484 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3485 race-ful way.
3486
3487 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3488 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3489 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3490 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3491 --link-journal=try-guest.
3492
3493 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3494 stable MAC addresses.
3495
3496 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3497 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3498 the respective unit shall use.
3499
3500 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3501 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3502 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3503 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3504
3505 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3506 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3507 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3508 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3509 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3510 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3511
3512 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3513 details see:
3514
3515 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3516
3517 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3518 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3519 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3520 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3521 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3522 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3523 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3524 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3525 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3526 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3527 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3528 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3529
3530 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3531 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3532 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3533 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3534 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3535
3536 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3537 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3538 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3539 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3540 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3541 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3542 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3543 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3544
3545 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3546 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3547 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3548 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3549 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3550 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3551 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3552 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3553 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3554 interface.
3555
3556 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3557 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3558 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3559 luks.name= argument.
3560
3561 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3562 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3563 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3564 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3565 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3566 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3567
3568 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3569 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3570 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3571
3572 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3573 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3574 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3575 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3576 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3577 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3578 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3579 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3580 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3581 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3582 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3583 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3584 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3585 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3586 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3587 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3588 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3589 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3590
3591 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3592
3593 CHANGES WITH 217:
3594
3595 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3596 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3597 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3598 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3599
3600 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3601 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3602 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3603 now waits until the operation is complete.
3604
3605 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3606 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3607 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3608 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3609 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3610 connection.
3611
3612 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3613 commands anymore.
3614
3615 * User units are now loaded also from
3616 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3617 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3618 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3619
3620 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3621 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3622 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3623 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3624 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3625 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3626 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3627 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3628 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3629 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3630 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3631 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3632 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3633 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3634 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3635 question.
3636
3637 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3638 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3639 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3640
3641 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3642 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3643 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3644 command line to trigger resume.
3645
3646 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3647 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3648 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3649 Desktop=systemd-console.
3650
3651 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3652 systemd-networkd.
3653
3654 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3655 from the information provided by the networking stack
3656 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3657
3658 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3659 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3660
3661 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3662 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3663 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3664
3665 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3666
3667 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3668 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3669 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3670 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3671 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3672 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3673
3674 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3675 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3676 respected.
3677
3678 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3679 virtualization.
3680
3681 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3682 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3683 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3684 on.
3685
3686 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3687
3688 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3689
3690 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3691 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3692 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3693 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3694 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3695 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3696 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3697
3698 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3699 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3700 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3701 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3702 from the service's view entirely.
3703
3704 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3705 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3706
3707 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3708 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3709 session.
3710
3711 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3712 legacy-free systems.
3713
3714 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3715 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3716 easily.
3717
3718 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3719 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3720 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3721 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3722 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3723 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3724 option.
3725
3726 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3727 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3728 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3729 /usr.
3730
3731 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3732 services, not only the main process.
3733
3734 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3735 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3736 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3737 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3738 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3739
3740 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3741 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3742 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3743 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3744 directly from now on, again.
3745
3746 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3747 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3748 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3749 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3750 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3751 unit file enabling and disabling.
3752
3753 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3754 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3755 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3756 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3757 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3758 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3759 unnecessary or unlikely.
3760
3761 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3762 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3763 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3764 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3765
3766 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3767 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3768 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3769 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3770 overwritten at runtime.
3771
3772 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3773 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3774 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3775 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3776 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3777 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3778 segmentation fault.
3779
3780 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3781 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3782 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3783 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3784 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3785 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3786 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3787 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3788 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3789 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3790 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3791 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3792 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3793 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3794 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3795 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3796 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3797 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3798 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3799 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3800 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3801 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3802
3803 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3804
3805 CHANGES WITH 216:
3806
3807 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3808 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3809 implementations should add a
3810
3811 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3812
3813 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3814 default functionality.
3815
3816 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3817 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3818 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3819 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3820 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3821 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3822 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3823 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3824 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3825 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3826 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3827 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3828 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3829
3830 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3831 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3832 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3833 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3834 expected to be added eventually, too.
3835
3836 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3837 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3838 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3839 new command to update these fields.
3840
3841 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3842 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3843 have been discovered via DHCP.
3844
3845 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3846 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3847 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3848 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3849 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3850 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3851 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3852 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3853 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3854 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3855 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3856 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3857 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3858 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3859 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3860 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3861 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3862 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3863 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3864 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3865
3866 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3867 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3868 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3869
3870 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3871 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3872 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3873 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3874 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3875 control utility for networkd.
3876
3877 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3878 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3879 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3880 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3881 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3882 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3883 (NoDelay=).
3884
3885 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3886 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3887
3888 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3889 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3890 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3891 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3892 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3893 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3894
3895 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3896 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3897 of the link.
3898
3899 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3900 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3901
3902 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3903 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3904
3905 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3906 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3907 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3908 for DHCP.
3909
3910 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3911 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3912 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3913 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3914 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3915 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3916 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3917 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3918
3919 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3920 validation of unit files.
3921
3922 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3923 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3924 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3925 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3926 address may now be configured.
3927
3928 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3929 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3930 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3931 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3932
3933 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3934 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3935
3936 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3937 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3938 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3939 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3940
3941 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3942 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3943 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3944 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3945 implementation.
3946
3947 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3948 journal data to a remote system running
3949 systemd-journal-remote.
3950
3951 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3952 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3953 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3954 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3955 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3956 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3957 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3958 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3959 version, you have to turn this option on again
3960 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3961
3962 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3963 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3964 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3965
3966 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3967 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3968
3969 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3970 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3971
3972 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3973 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3974 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3975
3976 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3977 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3978 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3979 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3980 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3981
3982 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3983
3984 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3985
3986 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3987 when primary addresses are removed.
3988
3989 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3990 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3991 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3992 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3993 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3994 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3995 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3996 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3997 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3998 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3999 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4000 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4001 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4002 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4003 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4004
4005 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
4006
4007 CHANGES WITH 215:
4008
4009 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4010 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4011 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4012 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4013 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4014 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4015 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4016 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4017 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4018 require.
4019
4020 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4021 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4022
4023 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4024 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4025 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4026 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4027 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4028 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4029 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4030
4031 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4032 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4033 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4034 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4035 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4036 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4037 update or reset should use this condition and order
4038 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4039 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4040 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4041 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4042 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4043 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4044 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
4045 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
4046 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4047
4048 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4049
4050 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4051 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4052 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
4053 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4054
4055 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4056 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4057 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4058 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4059 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4060 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4061 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
4062 .network files using settings of this section should be
4063 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4064 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
4065
4066 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4067 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
4068
4069 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4070 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4071 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4072 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4073 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4074 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4075 of nspawn instances.
4076
4077 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4078 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4079 added.
4080
4081 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4082 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4083 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4084 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4085 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4086 configuration stored in /etc.
4087
4088 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4089 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4090 parsing of unknown mount options.
4091
4092 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4093 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4094 it already exist and not already be the correct
4095 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
4096 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4097 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4098 pre-existing files of different types.
4099
4100 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4101 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
4102 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
4103 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4104 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4105 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4106 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4107
4108 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4109 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4110 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4111 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4112 shall be executed.
4113
4114 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4115 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
4116 example whether it is fully up and running.
4117
4118 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4119 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4120 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4121 reset.
4122
4123 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4124 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4125
4126 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4127 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4128 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4129
4130 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4131 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4132 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4133
4134 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4135 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4136 access to this group.
4137
4138 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4139 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4140 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4141 to the journal.
4142
4143 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4144 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4145 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4146 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4147 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4148 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4149
4150 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4151 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4152 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4153 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4154 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4155 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4156 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4157 the old name to the new name.
4158
4159 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
4160 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
4161 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4162
4163 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4164 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4165 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4166 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4167 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4168 "systemd-debug-generator".
4169
4170 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4171 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4172 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4173 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4174 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4175 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4176 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
4177 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4178 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
4179 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4180 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4181
4182 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4183 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4184 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
4185 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4186 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4187 machine and user.
4188
4189 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4190 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4191 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4192 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4193 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4194
4195 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4196 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4197 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4198 couple of drop-in directories.
4199
4200 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4201 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4202 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4203 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4204 for dev_port.
4205
4206 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4207 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4208 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4209 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4210
4211 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4212 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4213 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4214 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4215 Restart= setting.
4216
4217 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4218 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4219 directly connect to a specific container on the
4220 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4221 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4222 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4223 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4224 containers is a privileged operation.
4225
4226 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4227 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4228 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4229 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4230 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4231 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4232 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4233 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4234 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4235 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4236 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4237 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4238
4239 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4240
4241 CHANGES WITH 214:
4242
4243 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4244 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4245 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4246 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4247 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4248 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4249 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4250 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4251 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4252 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4253 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4254 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4255 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4256 devices are excluded from this logic.
4257
4258 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4259 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4260 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4261 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4262 change has been released.
4263
4264 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4265 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4266 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4267
4268 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4269 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4270 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4271 with fewer privileges.
4272
4273 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4274 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4275 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4276 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4277
4278 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4279 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4280
4281 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4282 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4283
4284 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4285 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4286 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4287
4288 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4289 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4290 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4291 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4292 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4293 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4294
4295 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4296 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4297 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4298
4299 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4300 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4301 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4302 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4303 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4304 modifications of user data or system files from
4305 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4306 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4307
4308 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4309 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4310 and FIFOs in the file system.
4311
4312 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4313 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4314 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4315
4316 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4317 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4318 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4319 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4320 the socket itself.
4321
4322 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4323 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4324 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4325 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4326 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4327 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4328 symlinks, and nothing else.
4329
4330 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4331 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4332 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4333 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4334 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4335 process (for example, the parent process). The
4336 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4337 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4338 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4339 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4340 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4341 messages to services when the originating process already
4342 vanished.
4343
4344 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4345 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4346 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4347 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4348 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4349 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4350 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4351 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4352 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4353 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4354 all long-running services.
4355
4356 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4357 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4358 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4359 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4360 service.
4361
4362 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4363 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4364 applied to all submounts, too.
4365
4366 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4367
4368 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4369 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4370 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4371 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4372 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4373 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4374 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4375
4376 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4377 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4378 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4379 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4380 (domU) domains.
4381
4382 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4383 files or entire directories.
4384
4385 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4386 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4387 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4388 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4389 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4390
4391 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4392 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4393 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4394 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4395 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4396 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4397 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4398 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4399 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4400 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4401 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4402 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4403
4404 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4405 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4406 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4407 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4408
4409 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4410 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4411 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4412 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4413 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4414 non-directories.
4415
4416 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4417 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4418 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4419
4420 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4421 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4422 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4423 this group.
4424
4425 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4426 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4427 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4428 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4429 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4430 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4431 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4432
4433 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4434
4435 CHANGES WITH 213:
4436
4437 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4438 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4439 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4440 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4441 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4442 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4443 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4444 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4445 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4446 client should be more than appropriate for most
4447 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4448 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4449 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4450 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4451 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4452 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4453 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4454 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4455 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4456 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4457 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4458
4459 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4460 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4461 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4462 part of a different namespace.
4463
4464 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4465 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4466 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4467 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4468
4469 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4470 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4471 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4472
4473 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4474 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4475 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4476 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4477 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4478 restart the service in question.
4479
4480 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4481 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4482 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4483 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4484 details when running non-locally.
4485
4486 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4487 graphs it generates.
4488
4489 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4490 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4491 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4492 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4493 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4494
4495 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4496
4497 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4498 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4499 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4500 what it was on SysV systems.
4501
4502 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4503 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4504
4505 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4506 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4507 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4508 files.
4509
4510 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4511 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4512 to show these addresses in its output.
4513
4514 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4515 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4516 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4517 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4518 preferred over a text one.
4519
4520 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4521 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4522 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4523 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4524 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4525 mDNS cache.
4526
4527 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4528 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4529 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4530 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4531 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4532
4533 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4534 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4535 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4536 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4537 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4538
4539 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4540 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4541 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4542 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4543 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4544 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4545 overrides any other settings.
4546
4547 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4548 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4549 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4550 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4551 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4552 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4553 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4554 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4555 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4556 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4557 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4558 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4559 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4560 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4561 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4562 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4563 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4564
4565 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4566
4567 CHANGES WITH 212:
4568
4569 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4570 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4571 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4572 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4573 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4574 by accident.
4575
4576 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4577 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4578 registered with machined.
4579
4580 * sd-login gained new calls
4581 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4582 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4583 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4584 counterparts.
4585
4586 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4587 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4588 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4589 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4590 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4591 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4592 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4593 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4594 once.
4595
4596 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4597 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4598 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4599
4600 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4601 units on all local containers, when used with the
4602 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4603 executed when no parameters are specified).
4604
4605 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4606 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4607 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4608 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4609
4610 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4611 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4612 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4613 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4614 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4615 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4616
4617 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4618 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4619 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4620 of the container.
4621
4622 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4623 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4624 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4625 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4626 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4627 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4628 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4629 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4630
4631 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4632 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4633 instead of /.
4634
4635 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4636 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4637 emergency messages now.
4638
4639 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4640 journal log messages across the network.
4641
4642 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4643 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4644 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4645 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4646 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4647 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4648 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4649
4650 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4651 down a local OS container.
4652
4653 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4654 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4655 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4656
4657 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4658 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4659 this is appropriate.
4660
4661 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4662 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4663 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4664
4665 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4666 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4667 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4668 for debugging purposes.
4669
4670 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4671 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4672 in seconds.
4673
4674 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4675 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4676 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4677 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4678 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4679 like on traditional inetd.
4680
4681 * A new system.conf configuration option
4682 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4683 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4684
4685 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4686 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4687 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4688 do these days).
4689
4690 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4691 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4692 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4693 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4694 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4695 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4696
4697 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4698 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4699 it will be triggered.
4700
4701 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4702 addresses to its local interfaces.
4703
4704 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4705 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4706 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4707 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4708 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4709 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4710 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4711 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4712 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4713
4714 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4715
4716 CHANGES WITH 211:
4717
4718 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4719 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4720 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4721 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4722 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4723 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4724
4725 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4726 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4727 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4728 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4729 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4730 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4731 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4732 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4733 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4734
4735 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4736 matching against device group names.
4737
4738 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4739 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4740 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4741 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4742 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4743 though.
4744
4745 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4746 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4747 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4748 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4749 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4750 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4751 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4752 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4753 systems prepared appropriately.
4754
4755 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4756 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4757 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4758 (see above). This means that installations made with
4759 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4760 deployed using container managers, completely
4761 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4762 this feature soon, too.)
4763
4764 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4765 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4766 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4767 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4768
4769 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4770 using IPv4LL.
4771
4772 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4773 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4774 systemd-networkd.
4775
4776 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4777 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4778 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4779 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4780 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4781
4782 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4783 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4784 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4785 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4786 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4787 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4788 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4789 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4790 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4791 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4792 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4793 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4794 users.
4795
4796 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4797 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4798 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4799 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4800 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4801 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4802 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4803 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4804 due to a closed lid.
4805
4806 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4807 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4808 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4809 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4810 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4811 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4812
4813 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4814 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4815 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4816 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4817 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4818
4819 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4820 now also work in --scope mode.
4821
4822 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4823 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4824 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4825 promises are made.)
4826
4827 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4828 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4829 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4830 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4831 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4832 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4833 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4834 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4835 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4836 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4837
4838 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4839
4840 CHANGES WITH 210:
4841
4842 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4843 according to SMACK rules.
4844
4845 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4846 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4847
4848 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4849 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4850 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4851
4852 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4853 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4854 and machine ID.
4855
4856 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4857 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4858 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4859 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4860 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4861 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4862 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4863 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4864 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4865 backpack or similar.
4866
4867 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4868 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4869 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4870 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4871 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4872 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4873 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4874 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4875 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4876 this on its own.
4877
4878 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4879 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4880 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4881 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4882
4883 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4884 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4885 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4886 --network-bridge= switches.
4887
4888 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4889 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4890 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4891 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4892 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4893 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4894 each configuration option.
4895
4896 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4897 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4898 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4899 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4900 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4901
4902 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4903 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4904 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4905 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4906 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4907
4908 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4909 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4910 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4911 default however.
4912
4913 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4914 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4915 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4916 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4917 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4918 them with systemd-networkd.
4919
4920 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4921 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4922 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4923 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4924 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4925 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4926 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4927 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4928 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4929 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4930 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4931 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4932 during a transitional period!
4933
4934 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4935 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4936 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4937 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4938 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4939 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4940 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4941 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4942
4943 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4944
4945 CHANGES WITH 209:
4946
4947 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4948 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4949 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4950 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4951 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4952 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4953 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4954 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4955 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4956 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4957 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4958 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4959
4960 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4961 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4962 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4963 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4964 machines and the like.
4965
4966 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4967 shutdown/boot.
4968
4969 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4970 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4971
4972 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4973 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4974 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4975 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4976
4977 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4978 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4979 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4980 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4981 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4982 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4983
4984 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4985 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4986 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4987 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4988 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4989 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4990 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4991 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4992 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4993
4994 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4995 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4996
4997 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4998 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4999 implementation.
5000
5001 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
5002 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
5003 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5004 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5005 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5006 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5007 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5008 and .service units.
5009
5010 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5011 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5012 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5013
5014 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
5015 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
5016 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
5017 nothing makes use of it.
5018
5019 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5020 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5021 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5022
5023 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5024 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5025 compatibility purposes.
5026
5027 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5028 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5029 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
5030 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
5031 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5032 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5033 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5034 process handling.
5035
5036 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5037 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5038 style to "sd-bus.h".
5039
5040 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5041 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
5042 "systemd-networkd".
5043
5044 * There is a new kernel command line option
5045 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5046 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5047 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5048 are not restored.
5049
5050 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5051 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5052 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5053 PID1's support for that anymore.
5054
5055 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
5056 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5057
5058 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5059 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5060 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5061 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5062 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5063 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5064
5065 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
5066 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
5067 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5068 onto remote systems.
5069
5070 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5071 login in any local container. This works with any container
5072 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
5073 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
5074
5075 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5076 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5077 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5078 system of some kind.
5079
5080 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5081 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5082 next.
5083
5084 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5085 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5086 reboot() system call.
5087
5088 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5089 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
5090 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
5091 still available but not advertised anymore.
5092
5093 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5094 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
5095 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
5096 within each Unit.
5097
5098 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5099 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
5100 the kernel).
5101
5102 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
5103 timestamps (following the setting in
5104 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
5105
5106 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5107 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5108
5109 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5110 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5111
5112 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5113 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5114 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5115
5116 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5117 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
5118 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5119 the full configuration is shown.
5120
5121 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5122 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
5123 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5124
5125 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
5126
5127 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5128 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5129
5130 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
5131 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5132 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5133 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5134
5135 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5136 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5137 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5138 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5139
5140 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5141 of the legend text.
5142
5143 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5144 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5145 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5146 remote sessions.
5147
5148 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5149 information of SDIO devices.
5150
5151 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5152 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5153 the system manager.
5154
5155 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
5156 short description of the connection parameters in the
5157 description.
5158
5159 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
5160 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
5161 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
5162 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5163 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5164 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5165 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
5166
5167 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
5168 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
5169 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
5170 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5171 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5172 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
5173 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
5174 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
5175 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5176
5177 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5178 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5179 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5180 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
5181 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5182 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
5183 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
5184 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
5185 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5186 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5187 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5188 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5189 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5190 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5191 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5192 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5193 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5194 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5195 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
5196 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
5197 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
5198 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5199 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5200
5201 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5202 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5203 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5204 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5205 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5206 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5207 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5208 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5209 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5210 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5211 APIs.
5212
5213 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5214 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5215 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5216 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5217 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5218 declare the APIs stable.
5219
5220 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5221 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5222 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5223 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5224 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5225 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5226 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5227 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5228 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5229 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5230 one of them is updated.
5231
5232 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5233 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5234 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5235 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5236 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5237
5238 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5239 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5240 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5241 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5242 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5243 entry points.
5244
5245 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5246 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5247 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5248 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5249 been disabled at compile-time.
5250
5251 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5252 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5253 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5254 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5255
5256 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5257 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5258 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5259
5260 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5261 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5262 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5263
5264 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5265 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5266 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5267
5268 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5269 remains until jobs expire.
5270
5271 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5272 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5273 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5274 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5275 all remaining processes of the service.
5276
5277 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5278 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5279 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5280 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5281 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5282 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5283 manager process which created them takes no further
5284 responsibilities for it.
5285
5286 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5287 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5288 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5289 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5290 marked executable or world-writable.
5291
5292 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5293 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5294 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5295 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5296
5297 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5298 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5299 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5300 independent of the host.
5301
5302 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5303 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5304 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5305 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5306
5307 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5308 with specific SELinux labels set.
5309
5310 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5311 any additional output but the container's own console
5312 output.
5313
5314 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5315 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5316
5317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5318 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5319 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5320 OS images, but only specific apps.
5321
5322 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5323 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5324 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5325 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5326
5327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5328 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5329 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5330 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5331 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5332 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5333
5334 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5335 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5336 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5337 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5338 units to use.
5339
5340 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5341 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5342 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5343 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5344
5345 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5346 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5347 context for a service.
5348
5349 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5350 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5351 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5352 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5353 influence this logic.
5354
5355 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5356 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5357 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5358 other things.
5359
5360 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5361 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5362 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5363 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5364 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5365 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5366 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5367 architectures). There is also a global
5368 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5369 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5370
5371 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5372 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5373
5374 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5375 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5376 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5377 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5378 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5379 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5380 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5381 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5382 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5383 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5384 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5385 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5386 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5387 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5388 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5389 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5390 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5391 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5392 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5393 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5394 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5395 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5396 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5397 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5398
5399 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5400
5401 CHANGES WITH 208:
5402
5403 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5404 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5405 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5406 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5407 access input and drm devices which are normally
5408 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5409 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5410 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5411 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5412 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5413 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5414 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5415 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5416
5417 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5418 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5419 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5420
5421 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5422 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5423 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5424 kernel version number.
5425
5426 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5427 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5428 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5429
5430 * This release removes high-level support for the
5431 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5432 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5433 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5434 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5435
5436 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5437 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5438 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5439 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5440 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5441 cgroup system.
5442
5443 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5444 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5445 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5446 logs among other things.
5447
5448 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5449 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5450 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5451 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5452 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5453 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5454 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5455 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5456 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5457 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5458 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5459 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5460 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5461 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5462 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5463 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5464 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5465 not delayed until next reboot.
5466
5467 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5468 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5469 systemd generated files in one directory.
5470
5471 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5472 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5473 performance information if that's available to determine how
5474 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5475 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5476 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5477
5478 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5479 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5480 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5481 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5482 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5483 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5484 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5485
5486 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5487
5488 CHANGES WITH 207:
5489
5490 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5491 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5492 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5493 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5494
5495 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5496 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5497 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5498 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5499 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5500
5501 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5502 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5503
5504 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5505 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5506 maximum number of tries.
5507
5508 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5509 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5510 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5511
5512 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5513 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5514
5515 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5516 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5517 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5518
5519 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5520 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5521 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5522
5523 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5524 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5525 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5526 and type).
5527
5528 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5529 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5530
5531 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5532 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5533 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5534 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5535
5536 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5537 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5538 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5539 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5540 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5541 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5542 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5543 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5544
5545 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5546 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5547 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5548 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5549
5550 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5551 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5552 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5553 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5554 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5555 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5556 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5557
5558 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5559 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5560
5561 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5562 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5563 automatically after the process terminated.
5564
5565 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5566 certain paths from operation.
5567
5568 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5569 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5570 is received.
5571
5572 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5573 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5574 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5575 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5576 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5577 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5578 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5579 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5580 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5581 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5582 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5583 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5584 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5585
5586 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5587
5588 CHANGES WITH 206:
5589
5590 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5591 concepts introduced with 205.
5592
5593 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5594 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5595 -r".
5596
5597 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5598 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5599 --state= parameter.
5600
5601 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5602 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5603 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5604 the journal.
5605
5606 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5607 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5608 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5609
5610 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5611 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5612 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5613 browsing logs from that point on.
5614
5615 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5616 of an FSS key.
5617
5618 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5619 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5620 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5621 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5622 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5623 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5624 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5625 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5626 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5627 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5628 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5629 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5630 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5631 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5632
5633 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5634 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5635 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5636 backing module right-away.
5637
5638 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5639 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5640
5641 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5642 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5643
5644 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5645 set of processes in the message metadata.
5646
5647 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5648
5649 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5650 support for passing performance data via environment
5651 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5652 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5653 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5654 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5655 deserialize it again.
5656
5657 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5658 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5659 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5660 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5661
5662 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5663 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5664 completely silent shutdown when used.
5665
5666 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5667 option in .socket units.
5668
5669 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5670 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5671 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5672 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5673 system.slice as before.
5674
5675 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5676
5677 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5678 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5679 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5680 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5681 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5682 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5683 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5684
5685 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5686
5687 CHANGES WITH 205:
5688
5689 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5690
5691 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5692 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5693 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5694 possible for system services and applications to group their
5695 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5696 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5697 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5698
5699 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5700 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5701 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5702 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5703 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5704
5705 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5706 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5707 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5708 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5709
5710 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5711 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5712 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5713 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5714 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5715 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5716 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5717 and useful as a general batch manager.
5718
5719 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5720 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5721 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5722 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5723 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5724 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5725 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5726 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5727 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5728 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5729
5730 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5731 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5732 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5733 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5734 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5735 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5736 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5737 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5738 is compile-time optional.
5739
5740 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5741 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5742 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5743 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5744 well as slice units.
5745
5746 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5747 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5748 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5749 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5750 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5751 command that wraps this call.
5752
5753 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5754 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5755 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5756 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5757 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5758 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5759 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5760
5761 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5762 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5763 off audit.
5764
5765 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5766 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5767
5768 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5769 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5770 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5771 and system logs.
5772
5773 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5774 snippets extending unit files.
5775
5776 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5777 not available as public API.
5778
5779 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5780 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5781 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5782
5783 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5784 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5785 controls what to boot into by default.
5786
5787 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5788 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5789
5790 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5791 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5792 about the unit file loading.
5793
5794 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5795 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5796 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5797 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5798 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5799 racy due to journal file rotation.
5800
5801 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5802 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5803 all services.
5804
5805 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5806 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5807 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5808 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5809 system services want to log events about specific client
5810 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5811 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5812 unit is requested.
5813
5814 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5815 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5816 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5817 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5818 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5819 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5820 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5821 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5822 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5823 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5824 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5825 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5826 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5827
5828 CHANGES WITH 204:
5829
5830 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5831 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5832
5833 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5834 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5835 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5836
5837 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5838 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5839
5840 CHANGES WITH 203:
5841
5842 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5843 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5844
5845 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5846 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5847 fields, including the root directory.
5848
5849 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5850 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5851 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5852 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5853 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5854 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5855 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5856 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5857 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5858 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5859 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5860
5861 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5862 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5863
5864 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5865 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5866
5867 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5868 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5869 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5870 the local hostname.
5871
5872 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5873 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5874 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5875 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5876 VMs/containers coming and going.
5877
5878 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5879 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5880 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5881
5882 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5883 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5884 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5885 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5886
5887 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5888 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5889 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5890
5891 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5892 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5893 services. With the container's root directory in
5894 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5895 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5896
5897 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5898 the processes within a certain container.
5899
5900 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5901 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5902 check though. Patches welcome!
5903
5904 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5905 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5906 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5907 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5908 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5909
5910 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5911 the passed argument if applicable.
5912
5913 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5914 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5915 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5916 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5917 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5918 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5919 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5920 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5921
5922 CHANGES WITH 202:
5923
5924 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5925 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5926 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5927 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5928 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5929 units activate.
5930
5931 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5932 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5933 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5934 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5935 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5936 for now, and not installable.
5937
5938 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5939 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5940 can run in conjunction with udev.
5941
5942 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5943 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5944 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5945 session manager.
5946
5947 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5948 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5949 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5950 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5951 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5952 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5953 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5954 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5955 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5956 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5957 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5958
5959 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5960
5961 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5962 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5963 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5964 logical expressions.
5965
5966 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5967 switches.
5968
5969 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5970 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5971 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5972 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5973 the user.
5974
5975 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5976 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5977 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5978 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5979 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5980 an entry.
5981
5982 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5983 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5984 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5985 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5986 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5987 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5988
5989 CHANGES WITH 201:
5990
5991 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5992 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5993 directory.
5994
5995 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5996 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5997 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5998 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5999 problem.
6000
6001 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6002 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6003 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6004 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6005
6006 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6007 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6008
6009 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6010 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6011 files in this context are files such as
6012 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6013
6014 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6015 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6016 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6017 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6018 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6019 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6020
6021 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6022 hostnames.
6023
6024 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6025 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6026 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6027 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6028 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6029 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6030 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6031 all time-related output of systemd.
6032
6033 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6034 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6035 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6036 loops.
6037
6038 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6039 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6040
6041 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6042 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
6043 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
6044 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6045 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6046
6047 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6048 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6049 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6050 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6051 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6052 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6053 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6054
6055 CHANGES WITH 200:
6056
6057 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6058 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6059 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6060 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6061 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6062 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6063
6064 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6065 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6066 images.
6067
6068 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6069 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6070 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6071
6072 CHANGES WITH 199:
6073
6074 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6075
6076 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6077 security policy.
6078
6079 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6080 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6081 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6082 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6083 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6084 the same service can still access). When a service is
6085 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
6086 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
6087 this though).
6088
6089 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6090 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6091 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6092 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6093 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6094 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6095
6096 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
6097 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
6098
6099 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6100 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6101
6102 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
6103
6104 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
6105 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6106 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6107 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6108 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
6109
6110 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6111 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6112 system is to be mounted.
6113
6114 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6115 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6116 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6117 purpose for socket units.
6118
6119 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6120 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6121
6122 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6123 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
6124 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
6125 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
6126 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
6127
6128 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6129 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6130 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6131 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6132 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6133 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6134 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6135 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6136 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6137
6138 CHANGES WITH 198:
6139
6140 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6141 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6142 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6143 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6144 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
6145 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
6146 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6147 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6148 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
6149 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6150 unit files locally: copying the files from
6151 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6152 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6153 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6154 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
6155 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
6156 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6157 for them too.
6158
6159 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6160 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
6161 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6162 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6163 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6164 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6165 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
6166 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6167 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
6168
6169 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6170 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6171
6172 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
6173 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6174 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6175 other users.
6176
6177 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6178 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6179 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6180 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6181 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6182 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
6183 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6184 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6185 management logic is also available to other programs via the
6186 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6187 supported.
6188
6189 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6190 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6191 the foreground VT.
6192
6193 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6194 call.
6195
6196 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6197 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6198 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6199 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6200 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6201 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6202 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6203 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6204 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6205 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6206 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6207 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6208 also been removed.
6209
6210 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6211 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6212 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6213 objects themselves.
6214
6215 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6216
6217 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6218 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6219 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6220 to how this is supported in shells.
6221
6222 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6223 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6224 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6225 user systemd instance.
6226
6227 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6228 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6229 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6230 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6231 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6232 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6233 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6234 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6235 one day for good in the kernel.
6236
6237 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6238 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6239 container.
6240
6241 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6242 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6243 the host into the container.
6244
6245 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6246 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6247 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6248 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6249 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6250 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6251
6252 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6253
6254 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6255 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6256 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6257 configured to be mounted there.
6258
6259 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6260 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6261 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6262 system resume events.
6263
6264 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6265 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6266 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6267 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6268
6269 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6270 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6271 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6272 card).
6273
6274 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6275 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6276 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6277
6278 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6279 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6280 later "change" event.
6281
6282 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6283 now carry a message ID.
6284
6285 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6286 continues to be work in progress.
6287
6288 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6289 root directory to operate relative to.
6290
6291 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6292 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6293 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6294 times a little.
6295
6296 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6297 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6298 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6299 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6300 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6301 request boot into firmware operations.
6302
6303 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6304 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6305 correctly in initrds.
6306
6307 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6308 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6309
6310 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6311 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6312
6313 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6314 the status of all active or failed units.
6315
6316 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6317 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6318 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6319 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6320 requests more robust.
6321
6322 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6323 reading journal files.
6324
6325 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6326 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6327
6328 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6329
6330 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6331 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6332
6333 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6334 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6335 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6336 socket activation in daemons.
6337
6338 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6339 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6340
6341 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6342 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6343 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6344
6345 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6346 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6347 system units.
6348
6349 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6350 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6351 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6352
6353 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6354 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6355 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6356 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6357 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6358 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6359 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6360 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6361 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6362 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6363 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6364 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6365 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6366 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6367 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6368 package installation time.
6369
6370 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6371 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6372 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6373 installation time.
6374
6375 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6376 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6377
6378 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6379
6380 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6381 available.
6382
6383 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6384 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6385
6386 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6387 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6388 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6389 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6390 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6391 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6392 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6393 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6394 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6395 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6396 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6397 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6398 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6399 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6400
6401 CHANGES WITH 197:
6402
6403 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6404 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6405 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6406 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6407 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6408 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6409 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6410 the supported calendar time specification language see
6411 systemd.time(7).
6412
6413 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6414 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6415 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6416 document for details:
6417
6418 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6419
6420 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6421 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6422 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6423 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6424 dependencies.
6425
6426 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6427 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6428 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6429 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6430 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6431 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6432 with a configure switch.
6433
6434 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6435 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6436 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6437 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6438 such as ext4.
6439
6440 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6441 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6442 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6443
6444 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6445 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6446
6447 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6448 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6449 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6450 using only core OS tools.
6451
6452 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6453 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6454 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6455 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6456 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6457 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6458 eventually.
6459
6460 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6461 presenting log data.
6462
6463 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6464 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6465
6466 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6467 system on idle.
6468
6469 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6470 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6471 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6472 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6473 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6474 information if possible.
6475
6476 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6477 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6478 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6479
6480 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6481 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6482 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6483 is running on battery power.
6484
6485 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6486 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6487 is in the "failed" state.
6488
6489 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6490 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6491 environment files at once.
6492
6493 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6494 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6495 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6496 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6497 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6498 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6499 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6500 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6501 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6502 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6503 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6504 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6505 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6506
6507 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6508 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6509
6510 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6511 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6512
6513 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6514 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6515 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6516 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6517 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6518 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6519 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6520 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6521 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6522 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6523 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6524 shipped from us upstream.
6525
6526 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6527 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6528 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6529 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6530 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6531 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6532 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6533 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6534 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6535 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6536 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6537 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6538 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6539
6540 CHANGES WITH 196:
6541
6542 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6543 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6544 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6545 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6546 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6547 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6548 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6549 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6550 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6551 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6552 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6553 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6554 data for all devices where this is available, by
6555 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6556 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6557 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6558 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6559 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6560 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6561
6562 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6563 indexed database to link up additional information with
6564 journal entries. For further details please check:
6565
6566 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6567
6568 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6569 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6570 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6571 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6572 macro for this purpose.
6573
6574 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6575 Python logging framework.
6576
6577 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6578 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6579 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6580 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6581 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6582 time intervals.
6583
6584 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6585 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6586 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6587
6588 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6589 right-away on the selected coredump.
6590
6591 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6592 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6593 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6594
6595 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6596 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6597 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6598 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6599
6600 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6601 default.
6602
6603 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6604 SMACK security label.
6605
6606 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6607 daylight saving change.
6608
6609 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6610 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6611 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6612 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6613 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6614 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6615 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6616
6617 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6618 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6619 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6620 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6621 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6622 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6623 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6624 PolicyKit is not around.
6625
6626 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6627 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6628
6629 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6630 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6631 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6632 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6633 offline updating tools.
6634
6635 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6636 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6637 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6638 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6639 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6640 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6641
6642 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6643 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6644
6645 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6646 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6647 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6648 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6649 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6650 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6651 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6652 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6653 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6654
6655 CHANGES WITH 195:
6656
6657 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6658 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6659 units via --unit=/-u.
6660
6661 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6662 right thing.
6663
6664 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6665 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6666 rotation.
6667
6668 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6669 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6670 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6671 completion of journalctl has been updated
6672 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6673 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6674
6675 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6676 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6677
6678 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6679 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6680 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6681 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6682 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6683 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6684 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6685 completion.
6686
6687 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6688 extract coredumps from the journal.
6689
6690 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6691 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6692 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6693 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6694 scratch their heads.
6695
6696 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6697 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6698
6699 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6700 in immediate termination of systemd.
6701
6702 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6703 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6704
6705 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6706 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6707 mouse screen support has been added.
6708
6709 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6710 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6711
6712 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6713 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6714 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6715 "systemctl reload".
6716
6717 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6718 -u" instead.
6719
6720 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6721 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6722 configured.
6723
6724 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6725 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6726
6727 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6728 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6729 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6730 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6731 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6732 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6733 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6734
6735 CHANGES WITH 194:
6736
6737 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6738 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6739 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6740 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6741 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6742 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6743 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6744 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6745 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6746 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6747 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6748 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6749
6750 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6751 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6752 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6753
6754 CHANGES WITH 193:
6755
6756 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6757 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6758
6759 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6760 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6761 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6762
6763 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6764 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6765 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6766 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6767 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6768 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6769 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6770
6771 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6772 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6773
6774 This will download the journal contents in a
6775 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6776
6777 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6778
6779 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6780 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6781 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6782 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6783 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6784
6785 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6786
6787 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6788 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6789
6790 CHANGES WITH 192:
6791
6792 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6793 too.
6794
6795 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6796 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6797 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6798 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6799 just start them.
6800
6801 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6802 and line break accordingly.
6803
6804 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6805 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6806
6807 CHANGES WITH 191:
6808
6809 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6810 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6811 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6812 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6813 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6814
6815 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6816 will default to 10 if omitted.
6817
6818 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6819 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6820 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6821 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6822 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6823
6824 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6825 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6826 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6827 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6828 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6829 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6830 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6831
6832 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6833 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6834 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6835 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6836 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6837 into two.
6838
6839 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6840 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6841
6842 CHANGES WITH 190:
6843
6844 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6845 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6846 "systemctl status".
6847
6848 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6849 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6850 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6851 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6852 field.)
6853
6854 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6855 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6856 default.
6857
6858 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6859 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6860 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6861 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6862 in a container.
6863
6864 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6865 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6866 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6867 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6868 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6869 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6870
6871 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6872 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6873 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6874 no-op.
6875
6876 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6877 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6878 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6879 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6880 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6881
6882 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6883 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6884
6885 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6886 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6887 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6888 command.
6889
6890 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6891 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6892 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6893
6894 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6895
6896 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6897 multiple files at once.
6898
6899 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6900 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6901 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6902 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6903 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6904 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6905 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6906
6907 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6908 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6909 now support specifiers as well.
6910
6911 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6912 dir: %_presetdir.
6913
6914 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6915 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6916
6917 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6918 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6919 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6920 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6921 anymore.
6922
6923 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6924 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6925 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6926 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6927
6928 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6929 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6930 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6931
6932 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6933 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6934 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6935 sockets.
6936
6937 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6938 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6939 is changed.
6940
6941 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6942 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6943 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6944 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6945 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6946 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6947 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6948
6949 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6950
6951 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6952 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6953
6954 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6955 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6956
6957 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6958 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6959 (%b).
6960
6961 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6962 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6963 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6964 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6965 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6966 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6967 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6968
6969 CHANGES WITH 189:
6970
6971 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6972 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6973
6974 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6975 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6976 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6977 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6978 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6979 syslog daemons again.
6980
6981 * The libudev API gained the new
6982 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6983
6984 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6985 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6986 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6987 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6988
6989 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6990 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6991 container.
6992
6993 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6994 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6995 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6996 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6997 this explaining it in more detail.
6998
6999 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7000 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7001 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7002 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7003
7004 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7005 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7006 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7007 journal files.
7008
7009 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7010 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7011 as container init process a lot more fun.
7012
7013 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7014 entries.
7015
7016 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7017 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7018 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7019 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7020 different sets of services.
7021
7022 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7023 failure state.
7024
7025 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
7026 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7027 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7028
7029 CHANGES WITH 188:
7030
7031 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7032 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7033 tree a lot more organized.
7034
7035 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7036 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7037
7038 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7039 services.
7040
7041 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7042 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7043 filtering by log level now.
7044
7045 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7046 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7047 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7048
7049 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
7050 command lines involving service unit names.
7051
7052 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7053 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7054
7055 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7056 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7057 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7058
7059 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7060 option.
7061
7062 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7063 a shutdown is cancelled.
7064
7065 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7066 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7067 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7068 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7069 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7070
7071 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7072 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7073 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7074 for display managers instead.
7075
7076 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7077 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7078 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7079 protection, and suchlike.
7080
7081 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7082 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7083 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7084 the service.
7085
7086 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7087 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7088 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7089 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7090 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7091 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7092
7093 CHANGES WITH 187:
7094
7095 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7096 pages.
7097
7098 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7099 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7100 data loss.
7101
7102 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
7103 option.
7104
7105 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7106
7107 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7108 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7109
7110 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7111 specific directory.
7112
7113 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7114 messages of two different boots.
7115
7116 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7117 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7118 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7119
7120 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7121 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7122 disjunctions.
7123
7124 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7125 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7126 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7127
7128 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7129 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7130 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7131
7132 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7133 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7134 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7135 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7136 speed things up a bit.
7137
7138 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7139 header data of journal files.
7140
7141 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7142 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7143 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7144
7145 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7146 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7147 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7148 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7149
7150 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7151
7152 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7153 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7154 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7155 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7156
7157 CHANGES WITH 186:
7158
7159 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7160 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7161 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7162 prefixed with rd.
7163
7164 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7165 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7166
7167 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7168
7169 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7170
7171 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
7172
7173 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7174 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7175 as well.
7176
7177 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7178 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7179 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7180
7181 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7182 does the right thing. Example:
7183
7184 udevadm info /dev/sda
7185 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7186
7187 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7188 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7189 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7190 running.
7191
7192 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7193 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7194
7195 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7196 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7197
7198 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7199 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7200 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7201 files.
7202
7203 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7204 be stopped that is not loaded.
7205
7206 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7207
7208 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7209
7210 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7211 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7212 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7213 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7214
7215 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7216 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7217 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7218 completed initialization.
7219
7220 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7221
7222 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7223 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7224 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7225 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7226 distributions.
7227
7228 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7229 always valid when services log to the journal via
7230 STDOUT/STDERR.
7231
7232 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7233 command line options we understand.
7234
7235 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7236 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7237
7238 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7239 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7240
7241 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7242 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7243 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7244 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7245
7246 systemctl status /home
7247 systemctl status /dev/sda
7248
7249 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7250 system.conf parsing.
7251
7252 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7253 Manager object.
7254
7255 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7256
7257 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7258
7259 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7260 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7261 complete.
7262
7263 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7264 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7265 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7266 systemd-fsck@.service.
7267
7268 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7269 Manager object.
7270
7271 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7272 work sensibly.
7273
7274 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7275 we actually understand.
7276
7277 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7278 additional capabilities to the container.
7279
7280 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7281 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7282 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7283
7284 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7285 the current boot only.
7286
7287 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7288 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7289
7290 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7291 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7292 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7293 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7294 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7295
7296 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7297
7298 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7299 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7300 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7301 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7302
7303 CHANGES WITH 185:
7304
7305 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7306 available.
7307
7308 * Several new man pages have been added.
7309
7310 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7311 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7312 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7313 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7314
7315 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7316 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7317
7318 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7319 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7320 Matthias Clasen
7321
7322 CHANGES WITH 184:
7323
7324 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7325 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7326
7327 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7328 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7329 daemon.
7330
7331 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7332 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7333
7334 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7335 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7336 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7337 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7338
7339 CHANGES WITH 183:
7340
7341 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7342 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7343 and systemd's most recent version number.
7344
7345 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7346 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7347 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7348 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7349 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7350 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7351
7352 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7353 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7354 subsystems.
7355
7356 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7357 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7358 used to subscribe to events.
7359
7360 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7361 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7362 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7363 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7364 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7365 forked by udev rules.
7366
7367 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7368 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7369 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7370 it.
7371
7372 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7373 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7374 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7375 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7376 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7377
7378 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7379 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7380
7381 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7382 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7383 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7384 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7385
7386 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7387 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7388 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7389 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7390 to be used as drop-in files.
7391
7392 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7393 particular suspending and hibernating.
7394
7395 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7396 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7397 about this in more detail.
7398
7399 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7400 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7401 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7402 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7403 from git history and add them downstream.
7404
7405 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7406 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7407 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7408 units.
7409
7410 * All smaller setup units (such as
7411 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7412 are run in a container and are skipped when
7413 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7414 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7415
7416 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7417 integrated, for details see:
7418 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7419
7420 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7421 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7422 messages.
7423
7424 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7425 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7426 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7427 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7428 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7429
7430 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7431 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7432 for all units started by PID 1.
7433
7434 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7435 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7436 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7437
7438 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7439 of PID 1 anymore.
7440
7441 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7442 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7443 have not been read by systemd yet.
7444
7445 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7446 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7447 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7448 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7449 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7450 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7451
7452 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7453 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7454
7455 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7456
7457 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7458 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7459 so sexy.
7460
7461 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7462 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7463 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7464 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7465 patterns.
7466
7467 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7468 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7469 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7470 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7471
7472 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7473 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7474
7475 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7476 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7477 in systemd now.
7478
7479 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7480 ID on the command line.
7481
7482 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7483 for an init system.
7484
7485 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7486 vt100.
7487
7488 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7489
7490 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7491 components now have directories of their own.
7492
7493 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7494
7495 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7496 container in other hierarchies.
7497
7498 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7499 system.conf.
7500
7501 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7502
7503 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7504 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7505
7506 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7507 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7508
7509 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7510 locally generated journal files.
7511
7512 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7513
7514 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7515
7516 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7517 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7518 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7519 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7520 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7521 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7522 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7523 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7524 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7525 Gundersen
7526
7527 CHANGES WITH 44:
7528
7529 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7530
7531 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7532 KVM or container configured UUID.
7533
7534 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7535
7536 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7537
7538 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7539 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7540
7541 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7542
7543 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7544 folks
7545
7546 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7547 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7548 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7549
7550 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7551 configuration
7552
7553 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7554 free fashion
7555
7556 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7557 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7558 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7559 automatically generated data.
7560
7561 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7562 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7563 however.
7564
7565 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7566 tarball.
7567
7568 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7569 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7570 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7571 Reding
7572
7573 CHANGES WITH 43:
7574
7575 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7576
7577 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7578
7579 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7580
7581 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7582 normal user logins.
7583
7584 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7585 Biebl
7586
7587 CHANGES WITH 42:
7588
7589 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7590
7591 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7592 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7593 xsltproc.
7594
7595 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7596 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7597 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7598
7599 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7600 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7601 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7602
7603 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7604
7605 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7606 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7607 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7608
7609 CHANGES WITH 41:
7610
7611 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7612 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7613 package update.
7614
7615 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7616 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7617 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7618
7619 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7620 complete.
7621
7622 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7623 understood to set system wide environment variables
7624 dynamically at boot.
7625
7626 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7627
7628 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7629 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7630 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7631 files.
7632
7633 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7634 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7635 William Douglas
7636
7637 CHANGES WITH 40:
7638
7639 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7640
7641 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7642 "Result" D-Bus property.
7643
7644 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7645 the next few releases.)
7646
7647 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7648 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7649 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7650 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7651
7652 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7653 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7654 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7655
7656 CHANGES WITH 39:
7657
7658 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7659 bugfixes.
7660
7661 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7662 resource usage.
7663
7664 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7665 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7666 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7667 journals by the respective users.
7668
7669 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7670 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7671 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7672
7673 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7674 client for all entries.
7675
7676 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7677
7678 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7679 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7680
7681 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7682 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7683 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7684 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7685
7686 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7687 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7688 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7689
7690 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7691 journal along with meta data.
7692
7693 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7694 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7695 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7696
7697 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7698 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7699 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7700
7701 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7702
7703 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7704 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7705 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7706 or fsck.
7707
7708 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7709 requested with new -k switch.
7710
7711 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7712 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7713
7714 CHANGES WITH 38:
7715
7716 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7717 bugfixes.
7718
7719 * The git repository moved to:
7720 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7721 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7722
7723 * First release with the journal
7724 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7725
7726 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7727 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7728
7729 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7730
7731 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7732
7733 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7734 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7735 remote mounts.
7736
7737 * Added Mageia support
7738
7739 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7740
7741 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7742 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7743 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7744 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7745 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7746
7747 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7748 of existing distributions.
7749
7750 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7751 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7752
7753 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7754 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7755 boot.
7756
7757 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7758
7759 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7760 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7761 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7762 among other things.
7763
7764 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7765 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7766
7767 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7768
7769 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7770 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7771 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7772
7773 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7774 restored.
7775
7776 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7777 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7778 kmod
7779
7780 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7781 of /usr/local by default.
7782
7783 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7784 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7785 in:
7786 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7787
7788 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7789 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7790 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7791 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7792 supported anyway, and bad style).
7793
7794 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7795 reloading of units together.
7796
7797 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7798 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7799 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7800 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7801 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek